LUTENSOL ON 80 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is C-10 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 80 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 80 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 80:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 80:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 80:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7

LUTENSOL TO 10 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 10 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 10:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 10:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 10:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 10:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 109 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5
EC Number: 500-027-2

LUTENSOL TO 109 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 109 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 109:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 109:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 109:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 109:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 12 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 12 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 12 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO 12 belongs to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
LUTENSOL TO 12 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 12:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
Physical form (25°C): liquid
Molar mass (g/mol): approx. 750
pH: approx. 7
Cloud point (1:3 BDG-H2O) [°C]: approx. 93
HLB: approx. 14.5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 12:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

CAS number: 69011-36-5



APPLICATIONS


Uses of Lutensol TO 12:

Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Lutensol TO 12 types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Main area of Lutensol TO 12's application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the Lutensol TO 12 types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
Lutensol TO 12 is fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

Lutensol TO 12 is also compatible with the Protectol types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our Lutensol A N, TO, AP, AT, EC, F, GD and ON types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper
range is also very good.

The versatility of the Lutensol TO 12 types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the Lutensol range.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in high-temperature powders:

Lutensol TO 12 is recommended for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in powders for use at 60 °C:

The Lutensol TO 12 types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
Lutensol TO 12 is recommended, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, low-phosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO 3109.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 have been shown to remove fatty stains very effectively in combination with Lutensol TO 8.
Combinations of Lutensol TO 12 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.

Light-duty liquids and powders,detergents for wool, hand-washing Lutensol TO 12 perform very well in detergents of this
detergents for wool, hand-washing type detergents in combination with Lutensol AO 3109 and Plurafac LF detergents 400 or Plurafac LF 401.


General use of Lutensol TO 12:

Performance claims
Sustainability claims
Function, Applications
Usage level


Lutensol TO 12 is a very good emulsifier and dispersant.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 is good wetting agent.

Lutensol TO 12 has excellent detergency properties.
Moreover, Lutensol TO 12 has hydrophilic properties.
Lutensol TO 12 is stable under oxidizing, reducing and hard water conditions.

Lutensol TO 12 is compatible with non-ionic.
Furhermore, Lutensol TO 12 is anionic and cationic components of the formulation.

Lutensol TO 12 shows stability in acidic and alkaline formulations.
More to that, Lutensol TO 12 improves capillarity of the dye after the bleaching process has been carried out.

Lutensol TO 12 removes oil stains from hard surfaces as well as from knit and woven fabrics.
Thus, Lutensol TO 12 easily biodegradable.
Lutensol TO 12 is approved for use as an indirect food additive.

Applications of Lutensol TO 12:

Dishwashing liquids,
Cleaning hard surfaces,
Liquid detergents and softeners,
Products for commercial washing,
Cleaning kitchen soiling,
Institutional cleaning products,
Products for bleaching cotton,
Removing dye from a dyebath,
Agents for removing oil stains resulting from weaving processes.





FIRST AID


General information:

Take person away from hazardous area.
Immediately get medical help.

After inhalation:

Supply fresh air.
If required give artificial respiration.
Keep patient warm.
Consult physician if symptoms persist.

After skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
Wash off with plenty of water and soap.
Consult a physician if irritation persists.

After eye contact:

Remove contact lens.
Rinse open eyes with plenty of water (10-15 min).
Consult physician.

After ingestion:

Rinse mouth with water and give plenty of water to drink.
Consult a physician.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.



STORAGE AND HANDLING


Lutensol TO 12 types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

Lutensol TO 12 types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly. Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of Lutensol TO 12 also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 12 is cloudy liquids at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.
This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

Lutensol TO 12 types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.


Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

a) AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
b) AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)


Shelf life:

Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the Lutensol TO 12 types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

All contact with the eyes and prolonged contact with the skin should be avoided.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.



SYNONYMS


lutensol TO 109
merpol SH
poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-tridecyl-omega-hydroxy-, branched
polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
isobranched
tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
Lutensol TO;Trideceth
Dehydol series
Isotridecanol ethoxylates
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
TRIDECETH-4
Lutensol TO-6
Lutensol TO-5
Lutensol TO-7
Trideceth
Lutensol TO
Dehydol series
Lutensol TO series
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
TRIDECETH-4
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-tridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-, branched
Branched tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Dehydol series
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Lutensol TO series
Polyethylene glycol

LUTENSOL TO 129 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 129 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 129 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 129 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Nonionic Surfactant
Emulsifying
Emulsifier
Emulsifier Oil / Water
Oil / Water Paraffinic
Oil / Water Naphthenic
Oil / Water Aromatic
Oil / Water Triglyceride
Oil / Water Silicone
Oil / Water Resins
Emulsifier Salt / Water Hardness Stability
Dispersion Substrate Tall Oil / Pitch (Pulp)
Surface Modification
Surface Modification Wetting Agent
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Medium
Foam Behavior Medium
Wetting Substrate Cotton
Wetting Substrate Metal
Wetting Substrate Hydrophobic Surfaces

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Consists of approx. 90% surfactant and 10% water.
Low toxicity.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 129:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 129:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 129:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Product Type:
Polymers
Surfactants
Surfactant Type Nonionic
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical
Surfactants EO number 9-15
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 14.5-16

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 15 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 15 similar performance characteristics.

EC Number: 613-595-2
CAS Number: 64425-86-1

LUTENSOL TO 15 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 15 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 15 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 15:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 15:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 15:
EC / List no.: 613-595-2
CAS no.: 64425-86-1

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 15:

Regulatory process names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

Trade names:
AE7; 7-EO
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated
Alcohols, C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Alcool gras ethoxyle 7 OE; 7-EO
Alk 3
Alkohole, C13-15, ethoxyliert
Bn 751/72; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Bn Te 1471; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO (CTFA)
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 11,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 11,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 19,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 19,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3 EO; 3-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3,2 EO, Basis Synperol ICI; 3,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 7,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 7,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehydol AE 7; 7-EO
Dehydol PL255; unbekannt1
Ethoxylated alcohols, C13-15
Ethoxylated C13-15 alcohols
FA + 10 EO, Oxo C13-15; 10-EO
FA + 11 EO, Oxo C13-15; 11-EO
FA + 3 EO, Oxo C13-15; 3-EO
FA + 4 EO, Oxo C13-15; 4-EO
FA + 7 EO, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + 7 OE, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + EO, Oxo C13-15
FA C13-15 + min 20EO; >20-EO
FA-C13-15, ethoxylated
FA-C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Fatty alcs., C13-15, ethoxylated
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15 6EO; 6-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15, 7 EO; 7-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat, 3 EO; 3-EO
Genapol 070; 7-EO
HED AF 2484; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2485; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2506; 8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2507; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2508; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin C 135/110
Imbentin C 135/110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL A 04; 4-EO
LUTENSOL A 05; 5-EO
LUTENSOL A0 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL A0 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO
LUTENSOL AO 10
LUTENSOL AO 109; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 10; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 11; 11-EO
LUTENSOL AO 12
LUTENSOL AO 12; 12-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 30
LUTENSOL AO 30; 30-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3109; 5,8-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL AO 4; 4-EO
LUTENSOL AO 5; 5-EO
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 79
LUTENSOL AO 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO 8
Neonol 2V1315-12
Neonol 2V1315-9
Neopol 25-12
OXAEO C13-15 + 10EO; 10-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11.2EO; 11,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11EO; 11-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 12EO; 12-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 19.2EO; 19,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 20EO; 20-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3.2EO; 3,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 30EO; 30-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3EO; 3-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 4EO; 4-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5,8EO; 5,8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5EO; 5-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 6EO; 6-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7.2EO; 7,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7EO; 7-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 8EO; 8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 9EO; 9-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + nEO; n-EO
Oxoalkohol(C13/15)-7 EO
Oxoalkohol, C13-15 + EO
Prawozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Präwozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Renex 706
RENEX 707; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su Af 1111; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su AF 674; 9-EO
Su Af 797; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic 7
Synperonic A
Synperonic A 10
Synperonic A 11
Synperonic A 14
Synperonic A 18
Synperonic A 2
Synperonic A 20
Synperonic A 20; 20-EO
Synperonic A 3
Synperonic A 4
Synperonic A 5
Synperonic A 50
Synperonic A 6
Synperonic A 6; 6-EO
Synperonic A 7
Synperonic A 7 / 90; 7-EO
Synperonic A 7; 7-EO
Synperonic A 9
Synperonic A 9; 9-EO
SYNPERONIC A11; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A2; 2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A3; 3-EO
SYNPERONIC A4; 4-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic E 3
Ukanil 43; 7-EO
Ukanil 69; 9-EO
Ukanil 87

Other identifier:
64425-86-1

LUTENSOL TO 2 is nonionic surfactant for use in detergents and cleaners and for the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 2 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 2 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is clear at 50°C.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Related solutions of LUTENSOL TO 2:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 2:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 2:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 2:

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 2 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 20 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 20 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 20 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 20:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 20:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 20:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 20:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 20 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140


Names of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 3 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 3 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is low lather detergent.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is can be used as an emulsifier and co-emulsifier.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is biodegradable.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO 3 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 3 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 3 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The Lutensol TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The Lutensol TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The Lutensol TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 3:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 9
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 3:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 389 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 389 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 389 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90% and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 389:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 389:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 389:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 5 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 5 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is has good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 5 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 5:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Based on LUTENSOL TO 5 structural properties LUTENSOL TO 5 is not classified as oxidizing.

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL TO 5 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is chemically stable.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention. Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Unsuitable extinguishing media for safety reasons:
Water jet

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Trademarks: LUTENSOL TO 5
Generic Name: C13-Oxo Alcohol Ethoxylate
CAS #: 69011-36-5
Apperance: Liquid

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Colour: colourless
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 20 °C)
solidification temperature: < 5 °C ( 1,013 hPa)
Drop point: approx. 14 °C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: > 150 °C (DIN 51758)
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling. The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 200 °C (DIN 51794)
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa ( 20 °C)
Density: 0.96 g/cm3 ( 23 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 200 °C
Viscosity, dynamic: 80 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / LUTENSOL TO 5 is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: partly soluble
Miscibility with water: partly miscible
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): alcohols, aromatic hydrocarbons, mineral oils,
Evaporation rate: not determined
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 5 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 6 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 6's is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1

LUTENSOL TO 6 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 6 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 6 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 6 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO 6 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 6 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 6 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 6 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 6 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 6:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 6:
CAS No.: 160875-66-1
Environmental Protection: Yes
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Kind: Wetting Agent
Appearance: Liquid
HS Code: 34024200

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 11
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 6:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 6 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 65 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 65 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 65:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 6.5 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 65 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 65:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 7 is an emulsifier and wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is designed for coatings applications.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 7 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 7 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is clear at 50°C.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO 7 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 7 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 7 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 7 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 7 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 7 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 7 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 7:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 12
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic surfactant based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is exhibits excellent surface activity, outstanding wetting action and good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 8 can be used as an alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 8 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 8 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 8 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 8 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 8 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
At 23°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid, which tends to form a sediment, at 50°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
LUTENSOL TO 8 yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Structure of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The molecular structure is isomeric tridecanol polyoxyethylene ether, which is obtained by condensation of isomeric tridecanol and EO.

Structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 8:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Environmental Protection: Yes
Kind: Wetting Agent
HS Code: 34024200
CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Appearance: Liquid

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 8:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is C13 oxo alcohol ethoxylate-based wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is exhibits excellent surface activity and good emulsifying properties.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 89 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90% LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is designed for coatings applications.

LUTENSOL TO 89 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 89 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 89 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C, which is a 90% solution of LUTENSOL TO 8.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
This product yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 89:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 89:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 89:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 89:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 100 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 100 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in formulations for floor and sanitary cleaners, neutral water-based cleaners for industrial use, neutral cleaners for metals and degreasers and alkaline cleaners based on carbonates, silicates and phosphates, acid cleaners based on sulfuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric or amidosulfonic acid.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in disinfectants for cleaning buildings.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is highly effective in combination with other LUTENSOL products with different ethoxylation ranges.
The LUTENSOL XL 100 has excellent wetting properties and well solubilizing capacity, and can be degraded absolutely.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XL 100 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (10)(100% active) that is synthetically derived and readily biodegradable.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is a very good solubilizer that offers great emulsification properties.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable powders and wettable granules.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 100 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature
The LUTENSOL XL 100 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 100:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Physical form (23°C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 10
pH (5% in water): Approx. 7
Cloud point (1% in water) [°C]: 80
HLB: Approx. 15

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Appearance 23°C: Colorless to slightly pasty liquid yellow.
Appearance 50°C: Clear liquid.
Degree of ethoxylation: 10.0 approx.
Concentration; %: 100.0
pH value: 7.0 approx.
Density 60°C; g/cm3 : 0.99 approx.
Brookfield Viscosity 60°C, 60rpm; mPa•s: 30.0 approx.
HLB value: 15.0 approx.
Hydroxyl number; mg KOH/g: 75.0 approx.
Surface tension 20°C, 1g/l in distilled water; mN/m: 28.0 approx.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 140 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 140 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 140 is a soft, colourless or slightly yellowish paste at 23°C.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 140 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 140:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 140:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 140:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 14 EO

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100

polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0

LUTENSOL XL 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 50 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

CAS Number: 166736-08-9
EC Number: 605-450-7

Synonyms: LUTENSOL A 3 N, LUTENSOL A 65 N, LUTENSOL A 9 N, LUTENSOL A 12 N, LUTENSOL AO 3, LUTENSOL AO 5, LUTENSOL AO 7, LUTENSOL AO 11, LUTENSOL AT 18 20%, LUTENSOL AT 25 E, LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE, LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER, LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES, LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER, LUTENSOL FT LT 7, LUTENSOL LA 60, LUTENSOL ON 30, LUTENSOL ON 50, LUTENSOL ON 60, LUTENSOL ON 70, LUTENSOL ON 80, LUTENSOL ON 110, LUTENSOL TO 2, LUTENSOL TO 3, LUTENSOL TO 5, LUTENSOL TO 6, LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11, LUTENSOL TO 12, LUTENSOL TO 15, LUTENSOL TO 20, LUTENSOL TO 65, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 89, LUTENSOL TO 108, LUTENSOL TO 109, LUTENSOL TO 129, LUTENSOL TO 389, LUTENSOL XP 30, LUTENSOL XP 40, LUTENSOL XP 50, LUTENSOL XP 60, LUTENSOL XP 69, LUTENSOL XP 70, LUTENSOL XP 79, LUTENSOL XP 80, LUTESNOL XP 89, LUTENSOL XP 90, LUTENSOL XP 99, LUTENSOL XP 100, LUTENSOL XP 140, LUTENSOL XL 40, LUTENSOL XL 60, LUTENSOL XL 70, LUTENSOL XL 79, LUTENSOL XL 80, LUTENSOL XL 89, LUTENSOL XL 90, LUTENSOL XL 99, LUTENSOL XL 100, LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 50 is a clear to cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 50 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 50 is sold as a 100% active product and is suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

LUTENSOL XL 50 is level of residual alcohol is comparatively very low as compared to regular alcohol ethoxylates with the same degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL XL 50 has a HLB of 11.5.

Value:
Suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Floor Cleaning and Care,
Manual Dishwashing.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Paints & Coatings,
Pulp & Paper,
Water Treatment.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 50 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 50:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Available as a 100% active product.
HLB of 11.5.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Substance: 2-Propylheptanol, ethoxylated, propoxylated
CAS: 166736-08-9
EC number: 605-450-7
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical
Molar Weight [g/mol]: 0.000

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Benefits:
Low Foam Detergency

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 79 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 79 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Compatibilizer.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (7) (85% active) Easy to handle wetting agent and emulsifier that offers improved performance over IDA.
Synthetically derived and readily degradable.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable granules and wettable powders.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 79 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 79 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL 79 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 79:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 80 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 80 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 80 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has a lower tendency to form gel compared to longer chain alcohol ethoxylates.
LUTENSOL XL 80 has a HLB of 13 and cloud point of 56 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is listed on safer choice.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Low Foam Detergency,
Detergents,
Cleaning.

Benefits as a surfactant form:
LUTENSOL XL 80 is nonionic is used for the manufacture of detergents and cleaners and is used in the chemical industry.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Packaging Materials,
Paints & Coatings.

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Other Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Carpet Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Manual Dishwashing
Floor Cleaning and Care
Manual Dishwashing
Dishwashing
Laundry
Hard Surface Cleaning
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation
Vehicle and Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 80 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 80:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 80:
It is HLB of 13.
It is cloud point of 56 °C.
It is listed on safer choice.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL XL 80
Scientific name: Oxirane, 2-methyl-, polymer with oxirane, mono (2-propylheptyl) ether.
CAS No.: 166736-08-9
Industry/Industry Name: Household Cleaning, I&I Cleaning, Chemicals
Application: Emulsifier, Nonionic Surfactant, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail,200 kg/drum.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 80:

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene
Vehicle & Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 8EO

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 90 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 90 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on safer Choice.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

LUTENSOL XL 90 has a HLB of 14 and cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 90 will improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Detergents,
Cleaning,
Disinfection and Hygiene.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Carpet Cleaning,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing,
Open Plant Cleaning,
Teat Dips,
Manual Dishwashing.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 90 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 90:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 90 is available as a 100% active product.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is HLB of 14.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Cloud point °C, 1% aqueous: 67.0 - 70.0
pH (5% aqueous): 5.0 – 8.0
Color, APHA, 70°C: 50 max
Wt % water: 0.50 max
OH#, mg KOH/g: 83.00 – 89.00
Molecular weight SEC-MALS: 630 - 676
1, 4 dioxane, ppm: 2 max

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 90:

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 9EO

Markets:
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene,
Food & Beverage Processing,
Vehicle & Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Dishwashing.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140